Protocol management: Difference between revisions

From Biolovision Help
Jump to navigation Jump to search
No edit summary
No edit summary
 
(45 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 12: Line 12:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:4-->
See below a comparing table with all existing protocols, their availability and requirements. Protocols are not available by default; Administrators should request Biolovision the desired protocols.<br/>
__NOTOC__
<br/>
 
<span id="Protocol table"></span>
<center>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black; width:97%"; align="center";>
<th colspan="12" style="background-color:white;">''' Protocols summary table '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="18%" style="font-size: 14px;">Name</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="10%" style="font-size: 14px;">Code</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Group</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Web<br/>support</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">NaturaList<br/>Android</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Points</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Transects</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Polygons</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="9%" style="font-size: 14px;">Surveys/Year</th>
</tr>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
   
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/point<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/transect<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/polygon<sup>1</sup></th>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Waterbird census protocol</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRDS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1 </td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Private Territory Mapping </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TERRITORY_MAPPING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Point count </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">POINT_COUNT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:5-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodpeckers </td>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide" style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODPECKER</td>
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<ol>      
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
1 [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] <br />                                      
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
2 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />              
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
3 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
4 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<ol>4.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<ol> 5 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<ol> 5.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br />
</tr>
    5.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br />
 
    5.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]]<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
    5.4 [[Protocol_management#Files for playback|Files for playback]]<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Rock Ptarmigans protocol </td>
    5.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LAGOPUS_MOTA</td>
    5.6 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/>  
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
    5.7 [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<ol> 6 [[Protocol_management#Import shapefile|Import a shapefile]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
7 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br />
<td style="text-align: center"> 1</td>
8 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
9 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center">60 </td>
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center"> 2</td>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide" style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
</tr>
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<ol>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Black Grouse protocol </td>
9 [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TETRAO_TETRIX</td>
10 [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;"> Birds</td>
11 [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
12 [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green"> YES</td>
13 [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
14 [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
15 [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
16 [[SOCC_(Admin)|SOCC]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
17 [[Rook_(Admin)|Rook]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
18 [[Sand Martin_(Admin)|Sand Martin]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 60</td>
19 [[Corncrake_(Admin)|Corncrake]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">2??</td>
20 [[Jackdaw_(Admin)|Jackdaw]]<br/>
</tr>
21 [[Grey Partridge_(Admin)|Grey Partridge]]<br/>
 
22 [[MHB & BDM _(Admin)|MHB & BDM (Monitoring of common breeding birds Monitoring of biodiversity in Switzerland)]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
23 [[MF_(Admin)|MF (Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands)]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodcock monitoring </td>
24 [[VBS_(Admin)|VBS (Monitoring of breeding birds on military training areas)]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODCOCK</td>
25 [[CBBS_(Admin)|CBBS in Protected areas]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
26 [[Other territory mapping_(Admin)|Other territory mapping]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
27 [[Woodpecker territory_(Admin)|Woodpecker territory]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
28 [[Bee-eater_(Admin)|Bee-eater]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
29 [[STOC EPS_(Admin)|STOC EPS]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
30 [[Bewick's Swan_(Admin)|Bewick's Swan]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
31 [[Cirl Bunting_(Admin)|Cirl Bunting]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</ol>
<td style="text-align:center">1?</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</div>
</tr>
<br/>
 
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SOCC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">120-150</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Rook</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORVUS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Sand Martin</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">RIPARIA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Corncrake</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORNCRAKE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Jackdaw</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">JACKDAW</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Grey Partridge</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PERDIX</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">MHB & BDM</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MHB_BDM</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:6-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
=Accessing protocols=
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:7-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Access all protocols functions through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or limited functions as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas</td>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Entering_data| Entering data for more details]] for more details on the second option. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">VBS</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:8-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
To access the protocol panel: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">CBBS in Protected areas</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:9-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* Go to Main menu > Administration <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Other territory mapping</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OTHER_MAPPING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:10-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image below). <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodpecker territory</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PICIDAE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:11-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Protocol administration.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocol administration.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Cirl Bunting</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CIRL</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">many</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:12-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Or, <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bewick's Swan</td>
*Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEWICKII</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:13-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds of Prey</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP_RAPTOR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:194-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px|thumb|center|Admin protocol through All my protocol.]] <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bee-eater</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEEEATER</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:195-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC EPS</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_EPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<BR/>Mammals </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">9</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


====Modify protocol==== <!--T:196-->  
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Single nesting species (SNSP)</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:197-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Modify the protocol from <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">CoBiMo</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">COBIMO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:198-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Protocoled census</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PROTOCOLED</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:199-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Meadow birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MEADOW</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:200-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


====Create protocol==== <!--T:201-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Sites</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Montagne</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_MONTAGNE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:202-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Create a new protocol from <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC ONF</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC ONF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<br/>Mammals</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">9</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


<!--T:203-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nou Atles diurn???</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_DIURN???</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:204-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nou Atles nocturn??</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN??</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
</tr>


<!--T:14-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birding bird protocol</td>
<table class="toc"  style="border-radius:5px; width:700px" >
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BVM</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; border-radius:5px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color:#ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb
<td style="text-align: center">3-23</td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:205-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Butterflies monitoring</td>
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PSMD</td>
- Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
</tr>


<!--T:206-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Enter data:''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Goose/Swan (field) census</td>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD</td>
- Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:207-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Goose/Swan (roost) census</td>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST</td>
- Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:208-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi</td>
- Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIA</td>
- Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Amphibians</td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:209-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
</td></tr></table>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili</td>
</center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIR</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Reptiles</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:15-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Garzaie Italia??</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GI</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:210-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==Preparation and data==
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Moonwatch census</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MOONWATCH</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:16-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">NocMig census</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOCMIG</td>
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Protocols. Preparation and data.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:17-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Scops-owl</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SCOPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


[[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|[Top to Preparation and data]]] <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Crane</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CRANE_ROOST</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Gulls & Terns</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GULLS_TERNS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


==Sites==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">GLC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GLC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:19-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Biometric data</td>
<table class="toc" width="700px">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BIOMETRIC</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bats</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:20-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Sites RNF</td>
<ul>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES_RNF</td>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
6. '''SAVE'''
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</ul>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</p>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</td></tr></table>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:21-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Acoustic data</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ACOUSTIC</td>
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Protocols. Sites.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LIMAT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Breeding waterbirds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRD_BREEDING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:22-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Reed-breeding species</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">REEDBREEDERS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:23-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC sites RNF</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE-RNF</td>
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|600px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Protocols. Existing sites.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</p>
</tr>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:24-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC Sites</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:25-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Semi-common territorial species</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_SEMI_COMMON</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:26-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Small Owls</td>
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OWLS_SMALL</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:27-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Wryneck</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WRYNECK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:28-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Great Cormorant</td>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORMORANT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Ecological area sample</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OEFS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoring high-alpine birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_HIGHALPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:29-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nightjar</td>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NIGHTJAR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:30-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">White stork</td>
Create a new site. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WHITESTORK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:31-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<span id="create site"></span>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Protocoled census</td>
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED?</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:212-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Forest birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PTAKI_LESNE</td>
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center;"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Grey Heron</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ARDEA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
<tr class="sortbottom">
<td colspan="12" style="background-color:white; border: 1px solid white;"><sup>1</sup> Time is provided in minutes.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:32-->
<span id="name site"></span>
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:33-->
<span id="Technical functions of protocols"></span>
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px; border-color:black; background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px; padding-bottom:8px;width:85%;">
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|600px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
====Technical functions of protocols====
'''Naming a new Waterbird census site.'''
 
</div>
Open the table below to see a list of existing functions for protocols, with technical details and examples. Click on an image to enlarge.<br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:35-->
<center>
:::3. Either: <br/>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black;" width="1250px"; align="center" ; #customers tr="hover background-color: #ddd;}>
::::*Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">''' Technical functions of protocols '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center;">
<th width="150">Name</th>
<th width="250">Code</th>
<th width="150">Type</th>
<th width="150">Default value</th>
<th width="450">Description</th>
<th width="100">Image<sup>1</sup></th>
</tr>


<!--T:36-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::::*Import shapefile:<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">ID</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ID</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Full name</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">automatic</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Unique number associated to protocol and determined by Biolovision.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:37-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Name</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NAME</td>
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center">Chain of caracteres (45)</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''Importing a polygon shapefile.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Name describing the protocol.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:38-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Symbol</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SYMBOL</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of caracteres (512)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Icon identifying a record belonging to a protocol.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Symbols.png|frameless|center|50px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/a/ad/Symbols.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:39-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Patron</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TEMPLATE</td>
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|600px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of caracteres (45)</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">PDF template name for printing maps<sup>2</sup>. Requires one file per language. The right part and corners must remain empty (to be filled automatically). QR on corners contain geographic coordinates for data digitization.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Map example.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/4/4b/Map_example.png]]</td>
</div>
</tr>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:40-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Circle</td>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS</td>
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach concentric cercles at RADIUS distance.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Radius 3.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/5b/Radius_3.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:41-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of circles</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS_CNT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach RADIUS_CNT (number) circles at RADIUS distance.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


[[Protocol_management#Sites|[Top to Sites]]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Warning out of circle</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS_ALERT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Show message when a record is placed outside the outermost circle.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


==User/Site==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SHOW_ESTIMATION</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach count precision options. If absent, count is precise.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Show estimation.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/8/8d/Show_estimation.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:43-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Pre-defined keys</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">BUTTONS</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">json</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Json file to attach buttons with age/sex information, atlas code and flight direction<sup>3</sup> for entering data.</td>
<td width="100" padding-left="150px;">
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
{| style="text-align:center; border:0px solid black; vertical-align:top;"|
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|300px]]
|-
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
|style="padding: 1px"|
'''Protocols. User/Site.'''
[[File:Buttons 1.png|frameless|center|40px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/e/eb/Buttons_1.png]]
</div>
|style="padding: 1px"|
</div>
[[File:Buttons 2.png|frameless|center|40px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/3/3b/Buttons_2.png]]
</center>
|}
<br/>
</center>
</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Use sum</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_SUM</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach a button to add individuals without precise location. Only available for polygons and transects.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Use sum.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/b/b3/Use_sum.png]]</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Automatic "non-precise" line</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;" title="AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE_SUM_SPECIES">AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE<br />_SUM_SPECIES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To automatically add blank, non-precise "sum" lines for each species in a list. Only available for web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of points</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POINTS_MIN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of points allowed on a protocol with point geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:44-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of points</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POINTS_MAX</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of points allowed on a protocols with point geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at point</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POINT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this point (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Real pause.png|frameless|center|100px|link=http://localhost/liki/images/f/f8/Real_pause.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:46-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at point</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_POINT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at points.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:47-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at point</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POINT</td>
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''Protocols. Access to sites.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at points.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''User name:''' Name, email address and user number of observer.<br/>
 
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of transects</td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:4;padding-right:5px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_TRANSECTS_MIN</td>
<b>1.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Search|Search]] <br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<b>2.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Page|Page and items]] <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<b>3.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Details|Details]] <br />
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of transects allowed on a protocol with transect geometry.</td>
<b>4.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Edit|Edit]] <br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<b>5.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Delete|Delete]] <br />
</tr>
<b>6.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Export|EXPORT]] <br/>
<b>7.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_New|+ NEW]] <br />
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:48-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Search"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of transects</td>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_TRANSECTS_MAX</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of transects allowed on a protocols with transect geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:49-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at transect</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_TRANSECT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this transect (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:50-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Page"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at transect</td>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_TRANSECT</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at transects.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at transect</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_TRANSECT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at transects.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of polygons</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POLYGONES_MIN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of polygons allowed on a protocol with polygon geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:214-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of polygons</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POLYGONES_MAX</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of polygons allowed on a protocols with polygon geometry.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</div>
</tr>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:215-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Details"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at polygon</td>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POLYGONE</td>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this polygon (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:51-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at polygon</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_POLY</td>
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center">Integer</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
'''Protocols. User/site Details.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at polygon.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
 
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at polygon</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POLY</td>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
</p>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at polygons.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</center>
</tr>
<br/>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of external limits</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left";>NBRE_BOUNDING_BOX_MAX</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Defines number maximum of polygons the user can define (ie. one for birds on ground, one for flying birds). Only available in web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:52-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Edit"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Precise point</td>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_PRECISE_POINTING</td>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Authorises precise position of observation. To use on web interface (mobile is always precise).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:216-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of surveys</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_PASSAGE</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''Protocols. Editing User/site.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Number of surveys during the defined period. It does not allow data after the defined number.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
 
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Project code</td>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">PROJECT_ID</td>
</p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
</div>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
</center>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Allows entering a project related to a protocol. By default PROJECT_ID is pre-selected.</td>
<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:53-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Delete"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Automatic mask</td>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">AUTO_HIDDEN</td>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Data belonging to a protocol are hidden automatically.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:54-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Export"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boundary layer</td>
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">OVERLAY_LAYER</td>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of characters (15)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Automatically retrieve underlaying perimeter when surface is predetermined.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:55-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_New"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Grid size</td>
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">OVERLAY_GRID_SIZE</td>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Automatically attach a grid on the map.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:56-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Detail can be provided</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">REQUIRE_DETAIL</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
'''Protocols. Adding new user to site.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Make entering age and sex compulsory.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
 
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Set only by admin</td>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ONLY_ADMIN_CREATE</td>
</p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
</div>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
</center>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, only administrators can create a perimeter.</td>
<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Right to create site</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">CREATE_ACCESS</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('basic', 'only_admin_create', 'need_validation')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'basic'</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Moe to create a new survey (everybody, only admins, everybody with authorisation, respectively).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


===Administration users rights=== <!--T:57-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Management of species list</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DAILY_LIST_SPECIES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, an admin can create a pre-defined list for a protocol.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:58-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Save button</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SAVE_BUTTON_TYPE</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('partial_full', 'partial', 'full')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'partial_full'</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach button to indicate at the end of the list if it was complete or partial (attach both options, only partial, only full, respectivelly).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Save button.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/7/7e/Save_button.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:59-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Simultaneous entry of multiple sites</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SIMULTANEOUS_FORM</td>
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|600px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Allows counting at two sites at the same time (ie. One site at each side of the road). Only available for polygons.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Simultaneous.png|frameless|center|50px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/5a/Simultaneous.png]]</td>
</div>
</tr>
</center>
 
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DAILY_LIST_SPECIES_FILTER</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Enable extended list</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">EXTENDED_SPECIES_LIST</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, provides at the end of the list two different pre-determined lists, the second one more extended. The user can choose according to available time.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Extended sp list.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/13/Extended_sp_list.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:60-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Species list limitation</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right, a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FIXED_SPECIES_LIST</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, a list of species is provided and user must choose species within the list.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:61-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Starting month</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">START_MONTH</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">6th June</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Month of first survey.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:62-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">COLOR</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">Chain of characters (6)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:63-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default reproduction index</td>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DEFAULT_ATLAS_CODE</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To enter an atlas code automatically when entering a value.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:64-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Advanced mode</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_ADVANCED</td>
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''Protocols. Rights details.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To active "two input modes": one basic and one advanced.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
 
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and  local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Habitat input</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">HABITAT</td>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('none','stoc')</td>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'none'</td>
</p>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">For STOC protocols, an additional form is required. Only available at web interface.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</center>
</tr>
<br/>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Input method</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FORM_USED</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('unique_detail','detail','distance','calling','section')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'detail'</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To define input interface (to develop further).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:65-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Read only</td>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">READ_ONLY</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To disable data entry. Ie. at the end of a survey, data remains available but does not accept new entries.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:66-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Encourage counting</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">POPUP_NO_VALUE</td>
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''Protocols. Editing rights.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To avoid 'not counted' data. A message encourages user to enter a precise count, not compulsory.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
 
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Allow empty form</td>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ALLOW_EMPTY_FORM</td>
</p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
</div>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
</center>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To allow registering empty list. Allows registering negative prospections.</td>
<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Tablet interface</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TWO_PANEL_MAP</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To activate tablet mode: horizontal view with form on the right and map on the left. Phone mode available sliding form onto the map.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:67-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Without web interface</td>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NO_WEB_INTERFACE</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To deactivate data input through web interface. Only allows data through mobile.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:68-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Import suffix</td>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADD_IMPORT_SUFFIX</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, to add protocol suffix to name site.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:69-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Save at each stage</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SAVE_LOOP</td>
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''Protocols. Adding new right.'''
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To save at each entry to avoid data loss when ie. the protocol is long and/or complex. Only available in web interface.</td>
</div>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
</tr>
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
 
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Conflict with colony mode</td>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">CONFLICTING_WITH_COLONY</td>
</p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
</div>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
</center>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To deactivate Colony mode, and avoid doble input when the protocol concern the same colonies.</td>
<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Regular vibration</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_NOTIFICATION</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To indicate time. If greater than zero, phone vibrates regularly at TIME_NOTIFICATION minutes.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:70-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FILTER_ID_SPECIES</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:193-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[Protocol_management#User/Site|[Top to User/Sites]]]<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FILTER_STRICT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


==Settings==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default count</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DEFAULT_COUNT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">(", 'x', '1')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">"</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Number displayed by default in the input mask. Nothing, not counted or 1.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:72-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Playback</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_PLAYBACK</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">9</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To allow playback. Requires uploading files for each species at admin interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
{| style="text-align:center; border:0px solid black; vertical-align:top;"|
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|300px]]
|-
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
|style="padding: 1px"|
'''Protocols. Settings.'''
[[File:Speaker icon.png|frameless|center|37px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/19/Speaker_icon.png]]
</div>
|style="padding: 1px"|
</div>
[[File:Playback 3.png|frameless|center|66px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/2/2d/Playback_3.png]]
</center>
|}
<br/>
</center>
</td>
</tr>
 
</td>
</tr>


<!--T:73-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Shortcut list</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_SHORTCUT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To include a list of pre-determined shortcuts.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Shortcuts 2.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/9/96/Shortcuts_2.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:74-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="species list"></span>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Visible in participation interface</td>
===Species list===
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAKE_PART_LISTING</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">The protocol is active in the promotion interface. Volunteers can register.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:75-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Extended details</td>
<table class="toc" width="700px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SHOW_EXTENDED_DETAILS</td>
<tr>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To add additional details.</td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</tr>
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:76-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Additional geometry</td>
<ul>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_EXTRA_GEOMETRY_MAX</td>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To authorise the attachment of additional geometries (ie. starting point). If greater than zero, equals maximum number of authorised geometries.</td>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</ul></p>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default time length</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POINT_DEFAULT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"> At web interface, to define a default time length for a protocol when several surveys take place in succession (ie. a series of points). To use in combination with "recopier les infos" to retrieve information from previous count.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Count type</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">COUNT_TYPES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">json</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">{}</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To define a different interface to input data. ie.["singing", "calling", "visual"]</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr class="sortbottom">
<td style="text-align:left; border:1px solid white; background-color:white; font-size:12px;" colspan="6">


<!--T:77-->
<sup>1</sup>Click on image, if available, to enlarge. <br/>
</td></tr></table>
<sup>2</sup>For details see wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data >[[Protocols_web#Download_map|Download map]]. <br/>
</center>
<sup>3</sup>Direction can be used in combinations with other buttons.<br/>
<br />


<!--T:78-->
</td>
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
</tr>
</table>
<br/>
<br/>
 
</center>
<!--T:79-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Species list.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:80-->
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>


<!--T:81-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.


<!--T:82-->
<!--T:4-->
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
__NOTOC__
<br/>


<!--T:83-->
<!--T:5-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
<br/>
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<!--T:218-->
<ol>     
<center>
1 [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] <br />                                      
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
2 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />               
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
3 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br /> 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
4 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br /> 
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
<ol>4.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 5 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<ol> 5.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br /> 
    5.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    5.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]]<br /> 
    5.4 [[Protocol_management#Files for playback|Files for playback]]<br />
    5.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
    5.6 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/>  
    5.7 [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 6 [[Protocol_management#Import shapefile|Import a shapefile]]<br/>
7 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br /> 
8 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br /> 
9 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>
9 [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
10 [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
11 [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
12 [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
13 [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
14 [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
15 [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]<br/>
16 [[SOCC_(Admin)|SOCC]]<br/>
17 [[Rook_(Admin)|Rook]]<br/>
18 [[Sand Martin_(Admin)|Sand Martin]]<br/>
19 [[Corncrake_(Admin)|Corncrake]]<br/>
20 [[Jackdaw_(Admin)|Jackdaw]]<br/>
21 [[Grey Partridge_(Admin)|Grey Partridge]]<br/>
22 [[MHB & BDM _(Admin)|MHB & BDM (Monitoring of common breeding birds Monitoring of biodiversity in Switzerland)]]<br/>
23 [[MF_(Admin)|MF (Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands)]]<br/>
24 [[VBS_(Admin)|VBS (Monitoring of breeding birds on military training areas)]]<br/>
25 [[CBBS_(Admin)|CBBS in Protected areas]]<br/>
26 [[Other territory mapping_(Admin)|Other territory mapping]]<br/>
27 [[Woodpecker territory_(Admin)|Woodpecker territory]]<br/>
28 [[Bee-eater_(Admin)|Bee-eater]]<br/>
29 [[STOC EPS_(Admin)|STOC EPS]]<br/>
30 [[Bewick's Swan_(Admin)|Bewick's Swan]]<br/>
31 [[Cirl Bunting_(Admin)|Cirl Bunting]]<br/>
32 [[Single nesting species_(Admin)|Single nesting species]]<br/>
33 [[CoBiMo_(Admin)|CoBiMo]]<br/>
34 [[Birds of prey_(Admin)|Birds of prey]]<br/>
35 [[Protocoled census_(Admin)|Protocoled census]]<br/>
36 [[Meadow birds_(Admin)|Meadow birds]]<br/>
37 [[Acoustic data_(Admin)|Acoustic data]]<br/>
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:84-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:85-->
=Accessing protocols=
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px]]
<!--T:7-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
Access all protocols functions through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or limited functions as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. <br/>
'''Protocols. Details of Species list.'''
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Entering_data| Entering data for more details]] for more details on the second option. <br/>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:'''  Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:87-->
<!--T:8-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
To access the protocol panel: <br/>
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:88-->
<!--T:9-->
<center>
* Go to Main menu > Administration <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<br/>
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<!--T:10-->
'''Protocols. Editing species lists.'''
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image below). <br />
<br />
 
<!--T:11-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Protocol administration.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:275px;">
'''Protocol administration.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:90-->
<!--T:12-->
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Or, <br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
*Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:91-->
<!--T:13-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:92-->
<!--T:194-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px]]
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:675px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.'''
'''Admin protocol through All my protocol.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:195-->
Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions: <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:94-->
====Modify protocol==== <!--T:196-->  
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:95-->
<!--T:197-->
<p>
Modify the protocol from <br/>
<ul>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</ul></p>
 
<!--T:96-->
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<span id="parameters describing"></span>
<!--T:198-->
===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>


<!--T:98-->
<!--T:199-->
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.
* '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>


<!--T:99-->
<!--T:200-->
Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:101-->
====Create protocol==== <!--T:201-->
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<!--T:202-->
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|600px]]
Create a new protocol from <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocol parameters. Settings.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:102-->
<!--T:203-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:103-->
<!--T:204-->
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:104-->
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:105-->
<!--T:14-->
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
<center>
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
<br/>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:106-->
<!--T:205-->
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
<p>
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
- Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:107-->
<!--T:206-->
<center>
'''Enter data:''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|500px]]
- Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:108-->
<!--T:207-->
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
- Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:109-->
<!--T:208-->
<center>
'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
- Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|500px]]
- Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>  
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p>
</p>
<!--T:209-->
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br />
<!--T:15-->
&nbsp;
<!--T:210-->
==Preparation and data==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:110-->
<!--T:16-->
<span id="Parameters admin"></span>
<center>
=====7. Parameters=====
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Preparation and data.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:17-->
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:219-->
[[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|[Top to Preparation and data]]] <br/>
Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<!--T:220-->
==Sites==
Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:223-->
<!--T:19-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black;" width="95%" align="center" ; #customers tr="hover background-color: #ddd;}>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">''' Parameters '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<th width="25%">Parameter name</th>
<th width="50%">Description</th>
<th width="25%">Protocol</th>
</tr>


<!--T:224-->
<!--T:20-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Additional observer(s)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
</tr>


<!--T:225-->
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Census not done'''</td>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
</tr>
6. '''SAVE'''
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:21-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cloud cover'''</td>
<center>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are clouds.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png]]
</tr>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Sites.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:226-->
<!--T:22-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Comment'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a comment.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>


<!--T:227-->
<!--T:23-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions in general'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good.</td>
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|600px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png]]
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Existing sites.'''  
 
</div>
<!--T:228-->
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions (notes)'''</td>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a note regarding conditions.</td>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Woodpeckers, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
</tr>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:24-->
&nbsp;


<!--T:229-->
<!--T:25-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count method'''</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:230-->
<!--T:26-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count number'''</td>
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:</td>
</tr>


<!--T:231-->
<!--T:27-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count paid'''</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the count is paid for or not.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:232-->
<!--T:28-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count type'''</td>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:233-->
<!--T:29-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Counting mammals?'''</td>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


<!--T:234-->
<!--T:30-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage'''</td>
Create a new site. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:31-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage (notes)'''</td>
<span id="create site"></span>
<td style="text-align: left">To add any comment about coverage.</td>
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
<br/>
</tr>  


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:212-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Drone used?'''</td>
<center>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if drones were used during the survey.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater, SNSP</td>
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|600px]]
</tr>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
 
'''Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.'''  
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</div>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Habitat'''</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align: center">ETOC EPS</td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:235-->
<!--T:32-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="name site"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hide all records from the public'''</td>
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to keep their observations private.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>


<!--T:236-->
<!--T:33-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ice'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen.</td>
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Naming a new Waterbird census site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:237-->
<!--T:35-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::3. Either: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Important changes (since last count?)'''</td>
::::*Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:36-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Intact nests'''</td>
::::*Import shapefile:<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of intact nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<!--T:37-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Means of transport'''</td>
<center>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px]]
</tr>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Importing a polygon shapefile.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<!--T:38-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Moving/Harvest'''</td>
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<!--T:39-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nest location'''</td>
<center>
<td style="text-align: left">To select the location of the nest.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center"> Jackdaw</td>
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|600px]]
</tr>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:238-->
<!--T:40-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Neutralised time'''</td>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:239-->
<!--T:41-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of canoes/kayaks'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:240-->
[[Protocol_management#Sites|[Top to Sites]]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:241-->
==User/Site==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:242-->
<!--T:43-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of motor boats'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Protocols. User/Site.'''  
 
</div>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</div>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of nests occupied by other species'''</td>
</center>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater/td>
 
</tr>
<!--T:44-->
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:243-->
===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of persons on shore'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:244-->
<!--T:46-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of rowing boats'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:245-->
<!--T:47-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sailing boats'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Access to sites.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Name, email address and user number of observer.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
</p>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:4;padding-right:5px;">
<b>1.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Search|Search]] <br />
<b>2.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Page|Page and items]] <br/>
<b>3.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Details|Details]] <br />
<b>4.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Edit|Edit]] <br/>
<b>5.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Delete|Delete]] <br />
<b>6.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Export|EXPORT]] <br/>
<b>7.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_New|+ NEW]] <br />
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:246-->
<!--T:48-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Search"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sports divers'''</td>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:247-->
<!--T:49-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of stand up paddlers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:248-->
<!--T:50-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Page"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of surfers'''</td>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:249-->
<!--T:214-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''No species were seen'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user did not detect any of the study species.</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:215-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Occupied nests'''</td>
<span id="PM_Details"></span>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of occupied nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Jackdaw, Bee eater</td>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:250-->
<!--T:51-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Optical equipment'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible.</td>
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Grey Partridge, Bee eater</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. User/site Details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:251-->
<!--T:52-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Edit"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Playback'''</td>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey.</td>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Woodpeckers</td>
<br/>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<!--T:216-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Potential breeding pairs'''</td>
<center>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter the number of breeding pairs. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Jackdaw</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|700px]]
</tr>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Editing User/site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:252-->
<!--T:53-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Delete"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Rain'''</td>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are any rain.</td>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:253-->
<!--T:54-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_Export"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions'''</td>
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible. </td>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:254-->
<!--T:55-->
<!--<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<span id="PM_New"></span>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Record the trace'''</td>
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to record their track. </td>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Territory mapping, Point count</td>
<br/>
</tr>-->


<!--T:255-->
<!--T:56-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Snow/Snow coverage'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the proportion of snow cover.</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Various: <br/>Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Adding new user to site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
===Administration users rights=== <!--T:57-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Sound played'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Grey Partridge</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--T:58-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Suspected nests'''</td>
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of suspected nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:256-->
<!--T:59-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temperature'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate approximate temperature.</td>
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<!--T:60-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temporary shallow water bodies'''</td>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the frequency of water bodies.</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right,  a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake</td>
</tr>


<!--T:257-->
<!--T:61-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Visibility'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:258-->
<!--T:62-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Water level'''</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the water level.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:259-->
<!--T:63-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Waves'''</td>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">to indicate how the waves are.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:260-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Wind'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there is any wind.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
</table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:265-->
<!--T:64-->
Besides the optional parameters, a user will always be asked: <br/>
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px]]
<!--T:267-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
:'''Comments''' <br>
'''Protocols. Rights details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and  local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:268-->
<!--T:65-->
An optional comments field will appear in the '''Choosing date''' section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol: <br>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:269-->
<!--T:66-->
:::*'''Comment:''' a comment referring to a general observation, <br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:270-->
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px]]
:::*'''Additional observer:''' to name other observer/s participating in the census,<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
 
'''Protocols. Editing rights.'''
<!--T:271-->
:::*'''Important changes:''' to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,<br/>
 
<!--T:272-->
:::*'''Impacts:''' to record any impact taking place during the survey,<br/>
 
<!--T:273-->
:::*'''Incidents:''' to report any incident that may have happened during the count.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:276-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Comment example.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Example of Comment section.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:280-->
<!--T:67-->
:'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
 
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<!--T:281-->
 
The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above). <br/>
<!--T:68-->
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:283-->
<!--T:69-->
:'''Record the trace''' <br/>
 
<!--T:284-->
This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:287-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Parameters Record the trace.png|600px]]
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Record the trace.'''  
'''Protocols. Adding new right.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:70-->
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  and their email addresses.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<span id="parameters"></span>
<!--T:193-->
[[Protocol_management#User/Site|[Top to User/Sites]]]<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


===Parameters===
==Settings==
<br/>
<br />


<!--T:112-->
<!--T:72-->
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
<center>
* '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
* '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Settings.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:113-->
<!--T:73-->
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace >  [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:114-->
<!--T:74-->
<span id="species list"></span>
===Species list===
<br/>
 
<!--T:75-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|600px]]
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
'''Protocols. Free area tool.'''
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</div>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
 
<!--T:76-->
<p>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
<br/>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
</p>
 
<!--T:77-->
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br />
<!--T:78-->
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:115-->
<!--T:79-->
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
See details of the free area tool. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:116-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|500px]]
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Free area tool details.'''
'''Protocols. Species list.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 1,410: Line 2,422:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:117-->
<!--T:80-->
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
Edit details of the free area tool.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:118-->
<!--T:81-->
<center>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|500px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<!--T:82-->
'''Protocols. Editing free area tool.'''  
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:83-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:218-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Line 1,426: Line 2,451:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:119-->
<!--T:84-->
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:120-->
<!--T:85-->
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="Files to playback"></span>
===Files for playback===
<br/>
 
<!--T:290-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Files for playback.png|600px]]
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Files for playback.'''  
'''Protocols. Details of Species list.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
'''File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound. <br/>
'''Extended species list?:'''  Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<!--T:87-->
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<br/>
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
 
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:88-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
'''Protocols. Editing species lists.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<!--T:90-->
See name of species and the file name containing its playback.<br/>
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<center>
<!--T:91-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
[[File:Playback details.png|600px]]
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
<br/>
'''Protocols. Playback details.'''
 
<!--T:92-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''2. File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension. <br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete entry from the list. <br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/>
</p>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<!--T:94-->
Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.<br/>
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<center>
<!--T:95-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
<p>
[[File:Playback edit.png|600px]]
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
'''Protocols. Editing playback details.'''
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a different file for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</p>
<!--T:96-->
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
Line 1,520: Line 2,548:
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
<span id="parameters describing"></span>
Delete the entry from the list.<br/>
 
<br/>
===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->


:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<!--T:98-->
Add a new playback file to the list.<br/>
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.
 
<!--T:99-->
Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:101-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Playback new.png|600px]]
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Adding a new playback file.'''
'''Protocol parameters. Settings.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a playback file to upload for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''ADD:''' Save entry to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:102-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<span id="shortcuts grop"></span>
<!--T:103-->
===Shortcuts group===
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:122-->
<!--T:104-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:105-->
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:106-->
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:107-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups.'''  
'''Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:123-->
<!--T:108-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:124-->
<!--T:109-->
:'''2. Page and items'''  <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:291-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
'''Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:125-->
<!--T:110-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
<span id="Parameters admin"></span>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
=====7. Parameters=====
<br/>


<center>
<!--T:219-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:500px;">
Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.<br/>
[[File:Shortcuts group details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' Modify details. Go to next section Edit. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete the selected group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:126-->
<!--T:220-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order. <br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:127-->
<!--T:223-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:500px;">
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"; style="border:1px solid black;" width="95%" align="center"; customers tr="hover"; background-color: ddd;">
[[File:Shortcuts group edit.png|500px]]
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">'''Parameters'''</th>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.'''
<th width="25%">Parameter name</th>
</div>
<th width="50%">Description</th>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<th width="25%">Protocol</th>
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. <br/>
</tr>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
 
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</p>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number'''</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the acoustic number.</td>
</center>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
<br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:128-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number detail'''</td>
Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Activity of the individual'''</td>
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the activity of the individual.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''  
</tr>
</div>
 
</div>
<!--T:224-->
</center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Additional observer(s)'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Appearance of udders'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the appearance of udders.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:129-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Calcar'''</td>
Create a new shortcut group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the calcar.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:292-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Capture method'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how the animal was caught.</td>
[[File:New shortcuts group.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''8. ADD:''' Save the nae group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<span id="shortcuts"></span>
<!--T:225-->
===Shortcuts===
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Census not done'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:293-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Chin pad (Plecotus)'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:130-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cloud cover'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are clouds.</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:131-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cm3 (mm)'''</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of cm3.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:132-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Color of oral glands'''</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of oral glands.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:294-->
<!--T:226-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Comment'''</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a comment.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</tr>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:133-->
<!--T:227-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
See details for the selected speies.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions in general'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


<!--T:134-->
<!--T:228-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions (notes)'''</td>
[[File:Shortcut detail.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a note regarding conditions.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Woodpeckers, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
'''Protocols. Shortcuts details.'''
</tr>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Species name. <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to. <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Colour assigned to the selected species.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''EDIT:''' Edit details. See section Edit below. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:135-->
<!--T:229-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count method'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:136-->
<!--T:230-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count number'''</td>
[[File:Shortcuts details.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:</td>
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts.'''
</tr>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:137-->
<!--T:231-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count paid'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the count is paid for or not.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:138-->
<!--T:232-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count type'''</td>
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''  
</tr>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:139-->
<!--T:233-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Create a new species shortcut.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Counting mammals?'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


<!--T:141-->
<!--T:234-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage'''</td>
[[File:Shortcuts new.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey</td>
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.'''
</tr>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>


<span id="Import a shapefile settings"></span>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage (notes)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To add any comment about coverage.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey</td>
</tr>  


===Import a shapefile===
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Determination methods'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the determination method used.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Drone used?'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if drones were used during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater, SNSP, Birds of prey</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the ear.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear width (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the ear.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the foot.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot hair (Plecotus)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Forearm (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the forearm.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To merge the information from wing cells.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<span id="Select shapefile"></span>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
1. Select shapefile by clicking on '''Choose file''' and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Habitat'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">ETOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hair color'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:235-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hide all records from the public'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to keep their observations private.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:236-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ice'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:237-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Important changes (since last count?)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Intact nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of intact nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Means of transport'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Moving/Harvest'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nasal leaf length'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the nasal leaf.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nest location'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To select the location of the nest.</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> Jackdaw</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Net / harp-trap detail'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps.</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:238-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Neutralised time'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:249-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''No species were seen'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user did not detect any of the study species.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:239-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of canoes/kayaks'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:240-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:241-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:242-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of motor boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of nests occupied by other species'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:243-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of persons on shore'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:244-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of rowing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:245-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sailing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:246-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sports divers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:247-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of stand up paddlers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:248-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of surfers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Occupied nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of occupied nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Jackdaw, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:250-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Optical equipment'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Grey Partridge, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:251-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Playback'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Woodpeckers</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Potential breeding pairs'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter the number of breeding pairs. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Jackdaw</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:252-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Rain'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are any rain.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:253-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible.  </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:254-->
<!--<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Record the trace'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to record their track. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Territory mapping, Point count</td>
</tr>-->
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of the epididymis'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the epididymis.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of oral glands.'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the oral glands.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Social vocalisation type'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the type of vocalisation.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:255-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Snow/Snow coverage'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the proportion of snow cover.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various: <br/>Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Sound played'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Grey Partridge</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Suspected nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of suspected nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tail'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tail.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:256-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temperature'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate approximate temperature.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temporary shallow water bodies'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the frequency of water bodies.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Testicles size'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the testicles.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Thumb'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the thumb.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tibia'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tibia.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tragus.</td>#
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus widht (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the tragus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Vaginal tunic color'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:257-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Visibility'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:258-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Water level'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the water level.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:259-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Waves'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">to indicate how the waves are.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Weight (g)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the weight of the animal.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:260-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Wind'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there is any wind.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P3D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P3D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P5D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P5D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P3D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P3D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P5D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P5D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
</table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:265-->
Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked: <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:267-->
:'''Comments''' <br>
 
<!--T:268-->
An optional comments field will appear in the '''Choosing date''' section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol: <br>
 
<!--T:269-->
:::*'''Comment:''' a comment referring to a general observation, <br/>
 
<!--T:270-->
:::*'''Additional observer:''' to name other observer/s participating in the census,<br/>
 
<!--T:271-->
:::*'''Important changes:''' to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,<br/>
 
<!--T:272-->
:::*'''Impacts:''' to record any impact taking place during the survey,<br/>
 
<!--T:273-->
:::*'''Incidents:''' to report any incident that may have happened during the count.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:276-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Comment example.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Example of Comment section.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:280-->
:'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
 
<!--T:281-->
The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above). <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:283-->
:'''Record the trace''' <br/>
 
<!--T:284-->
This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:287-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Parameters Record the trace.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Record the trace.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''Point number''' <br/>
 
Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data. <br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="parameters"></span>
 
===Parameters===
<br/>
 
<!--T:112-->
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
* '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
* '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:113-->
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace >  [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:114-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Free area tool.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:115-->
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
See details of the free area tool. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:116-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Free area tool details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:117-->
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
Edit details of the free area tool.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:118-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Editing free area tool.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:119-->
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:120-->
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="Files to playback"></span>
===Files for playback===
<br/>
 
<!--T:290-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Files for playback.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Files for playback.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
 
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See name of species and the file name containing its playback.<br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback details.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''2. File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete entry from the list. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.<br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback edit.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Editing playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a different file for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Delete the entry from the list.<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Add a new playback file to the list.<br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback new.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new playback file.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a playback file to upload for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''ADD:''' Save entry to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="shortcuts grop"></span>
===Shortcuts group===
<br/>
 
<!--T:122-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:123-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:124-->
:'''2. Page and items'''  <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:291-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:125-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:500px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' Modify details. Go to next section Edit. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete the selected group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:126-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:127-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:500px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group edit.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:128-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
 
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:129-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Create a new shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:292-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:New shortcuts group.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''8. ADD:''' Save the nae group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="shortcuts"></span>
===Shortcuts===
<br/>
 
<!--T:293-->
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:130-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:131-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:132-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:294-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:133-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
See details for the selected speies.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:134-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcut detail.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Species name. <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to. <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Colour assigned to the selected species.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''EDIT:''' Edit details. See section Edit below. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:135-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:136-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:137-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:138-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:139-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Create a new species shortcut.<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:141-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts new.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
 
<span id="Import a shapefile settings"></span>
===Import a shapefile===
<br/>
 
Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports. <br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="Select shapefile"></span>
1. Select shapefile by clicking on '''Choose file''' and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload. <br/>
<span id="Select encoding"></span>
<span id="Select encoding"></span>
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu. <br/>
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu. <br/>
<span id="upload"></span>
<span id="upload"></span>
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile. <br/>
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
 
 
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Import shapefile.png|700px]]
[[File:Import shapefile.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Import a shapefile.'''
'''Protocols. Import a shapefile.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:2;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:2;padding-right:5px;">
'''1.''' [[Protocol_management#Select shapefile|Select shapefile]] <br/>
'''1.''' [[Protocol_management#Select shapefile|Select shapefile]] <br/>
'''2.''' [[Protocol_management#Select encoding|Select encodinng and SRID]] <br/>
'''2.''' [[Protocol_management#Select encoding|Select encodinng and SRID]] <br/>
'''3.''' [[Protocol_management#upload|Upload file]] <br/>
'''3.''' [[Protocol_management#upload|Upload file]] <br/>
'''4.''' [[Protocol_management#Import history|Import history]] <br/>
'''4.''' [[Protocol_management#Import history|Import history]] <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<span id="Import history"></span>
4. '''Import history''' <br/>
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:142-->
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<span id="Import history"></span>
<span id="Import shapefile></span>
4. '''Import history''' <br/>
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below. <br/>
<br/>
 
 
 
<!--T:142-->
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<span id="Import  shapefile"></span>
==Import a shapefile==
==Import a shapefile==
<br/>
<br/>

Latest revision as of 12:42, 20 April 2025

Other languages:


To access the administration of a protocol you need the Protocol administrator right. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.

The easiest way to access protocol functions is through the Protocol panel. See wiki section Accessing protocols below for details.

See below a comparing table with all existing protocols, their availability and requirements. Protocols are not available by default; Administrators should request Biolovision the desired protocols.

Protocols summary table
Name Code Group Web
support
NaturaList
Android
Points Transects Polygons Surveys/Year
Number Time/point1 Number Time/transect1 Number Time/polygon1
Waterbird census protocol WATERBIRDS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Private Territory Mapping TERRITORY_MAPPING Birds NO YES
Point count POINT_COUNT Birds YES YES 1
Woodpeckers WOODPECKER Birds YES YES 5
Rock Ptarmigans protocol LAGOPUS_MOTA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined 1 60 2
Black Grouse protocol TETRAO_TETRIX Birds YES YES 1 ≥ 60 2??
Woodcock monitoring WOODCOCK Birds YES YES 1? undetermined
SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya SOCC Birds YES NO 1 120-150 4
Rook CORVUS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Sand Martin RIPARIA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Corncrake CORNCRAKE Birds YES YES
Jackdaw JACKDAW Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Grey Partridge PERDIX Birds YES YES 1 1 undetermined undetermined
MHB & BDM MHB_BDM Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands MF Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas VBS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
CBBS in Protected areas CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS Birds YES YES
Other territory mapping OTHER_MAPPING Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Woodpecker territory PICIDAE Birds YES YES
Cirl Bunting CIRL Birds YES YES many undetermined
Bewick's Swan BEWICKII Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Birds of Prey SNSP_RAPTOR Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Bee-eater BEEEATER Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
STOC EPS STOC_EPS Birds
Mammals
YES YES 10 5 9 undetermined 3
Single nesting species (SNSP) SNSP Birds NO YES
CoBiMo COBIMO Birds NO YES ≥ 1 undetermined undetermined
Protocoled census PROTOCOLED Birds YES NO ≥ 1 ≥ 1 ≥ 1
Meadow birds MEADOW Birds YES NO ≥ 1
SHOC SHOC Birds YES NO 10 undetermined 2
STOC Sites STOC_SITES Birds YES NO 1-50 5 undetermined
STOC Montagne STOC_MONTAGNE Birds YES NO 10 10 2
STOC ONF STOC ONF Birds
Mammals
YES NO 10 5 9 undetermined 3
Nou Atles diurn??? NOU_ATLES_DIURN??? Birds YES NO 5 60 2
Nou Atles nocturn?? NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN?? Birds YES NO 2 60 1
Birding bird protocol BVM Birds YES YES 3-23 5 2
Butterflies monitoring PSMD Birds YES NO 1 10
Goose/Swan (field) census GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Goose/Swan (roost) census GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi MNIA Amphibians YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili MNIR Reptiles YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Garzaie Italia?? GI Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Moonwatch census MOONWATCH Birds YES NO
NocMig census NOCMIG Birds YES NO
Scops-owl SCOPS Birds YES YES
Crane CRANE_ROOST Birds YES YES
Gulls & Terns GULLS_TERNS Birds YES YES
GLC GLC Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Biometric data BIOMETRIC Bats YES NO
STOC Sites RNF STOC_SITES_RNF Birds YES NO 1-50 5 undetermined
Acoustic data ACOUSTIC Birds YES NO
Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding LIMAT Birds YES YES
Breeding waterbirds WATERBIRD_BREEDING Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Reed-breeding species REEDBREEDERS Birds YES YES
SHOC sites RNF SHOC-SITE-RNF Birds YES YES
SHOC Sites SHOC-SITE Birds YES YES
Semi-common territorial species CBBM_SEMI_COMMON Birds YES YES
Small Owls OWLS_SMALL Birds YES YES
Wryneck WRYNECK Birds YES YES
Great Cormorant CORMORANT Birds YES NO undetermined
Ecological area sample OEFS Birds YES NO undetermined
Monitoring high-alpine birds CBBM_HIGHALPS Birds YES NO undetermined
Nightjar NIGHTJAR Birds YES NO undetermined
White stork WHITESTORK Birds YES NO undetermined
Protocoled census GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED? Birds YES NO 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined undetermined
Forest birds PTAKI_LESNE Birds YES NO 1 undetermined 4
Grey Heron ARDEA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
1 Time is provided in minutes.




Technical functions of protocols

Open the table below to see a list of existing functions for protocols, with technical details and examples. Click on an image to enlarge.

Technical functions of protocols
Name Code Type Default value Description Image1
ID ID Full name automatic Unique number associated to protocol and determined by Biolovision.
Name NAME Chain of caracteres (45) - Name describing the protocol.
Symbol SYMBOL Chain of caracteres (512) - Icon identifying a record belonging to a protocol.
Symbols.png
Patron TEMPLATE Chain of caracteres (45) - PDF template name for printing maps2. Requires one file per language. The right part and corners must remain empty (to be filled automatically). QR on corners contain geographic coordinates for data digitization.
Map example.png
Circle RADIUS Integer 0 Attach concentric cercles at RADIUS distance.
Radius 3.png
Number of circles RADIUS_CNT Integer 0 Attach RADIUS_CNT (number) circles at RADIUS distance.
Warning out of circle RADIUS_ALERT Boolean 1 Show message when a record is placed outside the outermost circle.
SHOW_ESTIMATION Boolean 1 Attach count precision options. If absent, count is precise.
Show estimation.png
Pre-defined keys BUTTONS json - Json file to attach buttons with age/sex information, atlas code and flight direction3 for entering data.
Buttons 1.png
Buttons 2.png
Use sum USE_SUM Boolean 1 Attach a button to add individuals without precise location. Only available for polygons and transects.
Use sum.png
Automatic "non-precise" line AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE
_SUM_SPECIES
Boolean 0 To automatically add blank, non-precise "sum" lines for each species in a list. Only available for web interface.
Minimum number of points NBRE_POINTS_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of points allowed on a protocol with point geometry.
Maximum number of points NBRE_POINTS_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of points allowed on a protocols with point geometry.
Time at point TIME_POINT Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this point (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Real pause.png
Taxa at point TAXO_POINT Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at points.
Secondary taxa at point ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POINT Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at points.
Minimum number of transects NBRE_TRANSECTS_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of transects allowed on a protocol with transect geometry.
Maximum number of transects NBRE_TRANSECTS_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of transects allowed on a protocols with transect geometry.
Time at transect TIME_TRANSECT Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this transect (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Taxa at transect TAXO_TRANSECT Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at transects.
Secondary taxa at transect ADDITIONAL_TAXO_TRANSECT Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at transects.
Minimum number of polygons NBRE_POLYGONES_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of polygons allowed on a protocol with polygon geometry.
Maximum number of polygons NBRE_POLYGONES_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of polygons allowed on a protocols with polygon geometry.
Time at polygon TIME_POLYGONE Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this polygon (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Taxa at polygon TAXO_POLY Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at polygon.
Secondary taxa at polygon ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POLY Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at polygons.
Number of external limits NBRE_BOUNDING_BOX_MAX Integer - Defines number maximum of polygons the user can define (ie. one for birds on ground, one for flying birds). Only available in web interface.
Precise point USE_PRECISE_POINTING Boolean 1 Authorises precise position of observation. To use on web interface (mobile is always precise).
Number of surveys NBRE_PASSAGE Integer - Number of surveys during the defined period. It does not allow data after the defined number.
Project code PROJECT_ID Integer - Allows entering a project related to a protocol. By default PROJECT_ID is pre-selected.
Automatic mask AUTO_HIDDEN Boolean - Data belonging to a protocol are hidden automatically.
Boundary layer OVERLAY_LAYER Chain of characters (15) - Automatically retrieve underlaying perimeter when surface is predetermined.
Grid size OVERLAY_GRID_SIZE Integer - Automatically attach a grid on the map.
Detail can be provided REQUIRE_DETAIL Boolean 1 Make entering age and sex compulsory.
Set only by admin ONLY_ADMIN_CREATE Boolean 0 When active, only administrators can create a perimeter.
Right to create site CREATE_ACCESS ('basic', 'only_admin_create', 'need_validation') 'basic' Moe to create a new survey (everybody, only admins, everybody with authorisation, respectively).
Management of species list DAILY_LIST_SPECIES Boolean 0 When active, an admin can create a pre-defined list for a protocol.
Save button SAVE_BUTTON_TYPE ('partial_full', 'partial', 'full') 'partial_full' Attach button to indicate at the end of the list if it was complete or partial (attach both options, only partial, only full, respectivelly).
Save button.png
Simultaneous entry of multiple sites SIMULTANEOUS_FORM Boolean 0 Allows counting at two sites at the same time (ie. One site at each side of the road). Only available for polygons.
Simultaneous.png
DAILY_LIST_SPECIES_FILTER Boolean 0
Enable extended list EXTENDED_SPECIES_LIST Boolean 0 When active, provides at the end of the list two different pre-determined lists, the second one more extended. The user can choose according to available time.
Extended sp list.png
Species list limitation FIXED_SPECIES_LIST Boolean 0 When active, a list of species is provided and user must choose species within the list.
Starting month START_MONTH Integer 6th June Month of first survey.
COLOR Integer Chain of characters (6)
Default reproduction index DEFAULT_ATLAS_CODE Integer 0 To enter an atlas code automatically when entering a value.
Advanced mode USE_ADVANCED Boolean 0 To active "two input modes": one basic and one advanced.
Habitat input HABITAT ('none','stoc') 'none' For STOC protocols, an additional form is required. Only available at web interface.
Input method FORM_USED ('unique_detail','detail','distance','calling','section') 'detail' To define input interface (to develop further).
Read only READ_ONLY Boolean 1 To disable data entry. Ie. at the end of a survey, data remains available but does not accept new entries.
Encourage counting POPUP_NO_VALUE Boolean 0 To avoid 'not counted' data. A message encourages user to enter a precise count, not compulsory.
Allow empty form ALLOW_EMPTY_FORM Boolean 1 To allow registering empty list. Allows registering negative prospections.
Tablet interface TWO_PANEL_MAP Boolean 0 To activate tablet mode: horizontal view with form on the right and map on the left. Phone mode available sliding form onto the map.
Without web interface NO_WEB_INTERFACE Boolean 0 To deactivate data input through web interface. Only allows data through mobile.
Import suffix ADD_IMPORT_SUFFIX Boolean 0 When active, to add protocol suffix to name site.
Save at each stage SAVE_LOOP Boolean 0 To save at each entry to avoid data loss when ie. the protocol is long and/or complex. Only available in web interface.
Conflict with colony mode CONFLICTING_WITH_COLONY Boolean 0 To deactivate Colony mode, and avoid doble input when the protocol concern the same colonies.
Regular vibration TIME_NOTIFICATION integer 0 To indicate time. If greater than zero, phone vibrates regularly at TIME_NOTIFICATION minutes.
FILTER_ID_SPECIES
FILTER_STRICT Boolean 0
Default count DEFAULT_COUNT (", 'x', '1') " Number displayed by default in the input mask. Nothing, not counted or 1.
Playback USE_PLAYBACK Boolean 9 To allow playback. Requires uploading files for each species at admin interface.
Speaker icon.png
Playback 3.png
Shortcut list USE_SHORTCUT Boolean 0 To include a list of pre-determined shortcuts.
Shortcuts 2.png
Visible in participation interface TAKE_PART_LISTING Boolean 0 The protocol is active in the promotion interface. Volunteers can register.
Extended details SHOW_EXTENDED_DETAILS Boolean 0 To add additional details.
Additional geometry NBRE_EXTRA_GEOMETRY_MAX Integer 0 To authorise the attachment of additional geometries (ie. starting point). If greater than zero, equals maximum number of authorised geometries.
Default time length TIME_POINT_DEFAULT Integer 0 At web interface, to define a default time length for a protocol when several surveys take place in succession (ie. a series of points). To use in combination with "recopier les infos" to retrieve information from previous count.
Count type COUNT_TYPES json {} To define a different interface to input data. ie.["singing", "calling", "visual"]

1Click on image, if available, to enlarge.
2For details see wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data >Download map.
3Direction can be used in combinations with other buttons.






Accessing protocols


Access all protocols functions through the Protocol panel or limited functions as if Submitting records.
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for more details for more details on the second option.

To access the protocol panel:

  • Go to Main menu > Administration


If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image Administration), and scroll down to Protocol administration. Open panel and select Protocol administration (see image below).

Protocol administration.png

Protocol administration.



Or,

  • Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol


Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol.

Admin protocol through All my protocol.png

Admin protocol through All my protocol.



Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions:

Modify protocol

Modify the protocol from

  • Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Preparation and data, as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > Edit for details.


Create protocol

Create a new protocol from

  • Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Create protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > +NEW to see how to do it.



Access protocol panel:
- Through Menu > Take part > All my protocols.
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Protocol administration.

Enter data:
- Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Add observations.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for details.

Modify protocol:
- Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Modify the protocol, or Protocol panel > Sites > Edit.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Modify protocol for details.

Create protocol:
- Through Protocol panel > Sites > +NEW.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Create protocol for details.


 

Preparation and data


https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png

Protocols. Preparation and data.


Identical section to the one of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > Preparation and data for more information.

[Top to Preparation and data]
[Back to Protocols]

Sites


CREATE A NEW SITE:
1. Directly by Transmit my sightings map
or
through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > Sites > +NEW button
2. Select new site as if Submitting records
3. Choose Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol
4. Name the new site
5. Draw geometry (polygon, dot, transect) or import shapefile
6. SAVE



https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png

Protocols. Sites.


List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png

Protocols. Existing sites.

Reference name: Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.
Custom name: A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.
Reference locality: Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to.
Municipality: Municipality the locality belongs to.
Altitude: Altitude associated to the locality.


 

1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

Click to see details of selected site.

4. Edit

Click to edit details of selected site.

5. New site

Create a new site.

1. Click + NEW under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > Submitting records if necessary) and choose the new option: Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol' (here Waterbird census, see image below).


Draw waterbird polygon.png

Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.


2. Enter a name for the new site.


Name a new WBC site.png

Naming a new Waterbird census site.

Name of reference locality: Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards.
Reference name: Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.
Custom name: Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.


3. Either:
  • Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > Geometry editor or,
  • Import shapefile:


2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png

Importing a polygon shapefile.

1. Choose datum and
2. upload the file.
3. When done, click IMPORT.


After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the Polygon (Point, Line or Bounding box) section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and IMPORT as explained above.


Save shapefile of new WBC site.png

Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.


4. When the new site is ready you have three options:
SAVE AND STAY to save the site and continue making changes, or
SAVE AND ADD A RECORD to save and start entering observations or
DELETE SITE if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.


The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image Deleting a newly created site). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one.


[Top to Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

User/Site


Protocols. User-Site..png

Protocols. User/Site.


From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.

Access to sites

List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

WBC Access to sites.png

Protocols. Access to sites.

User name: Name, email address and user number of observer.
Reference name: Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" site (local official one).

1. Search
2. Page and items
3. Details
4. Edit
5. Delete
6. EXPORT
7. + NEW


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details of observers and their assigned site.

2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png

Protocols. User/site Details.

User name: Observer name, email address and local site user number.
Reference name: Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .
Custom name: Additional name under which the site is also known.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user.

Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png

Protocols. Editing User/site.

10. Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. EXPORT

Export list as a .txt file.

7. + NEW

Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.

Capture 2023-03-22 .png

Protocols. Adding new user to site.

10. Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


Administration users rights

List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png

Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a right, a user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

See the rights granted to the selected observer.

2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png

Protocols. Rights details.

Number: This is for Biolovision's internal use.
User name: Name, e-mail and local site user number of the user receiving the right.
Right granted: Right the selected user is granted to.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the rights granted to an observer.

2023-03-21 user rights edit.png

Protocols. Editing rights.

10. Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. + NEW

Add a new right to an observer.

2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png

Protocols. Adding new right.

10. Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


7. Protocol administrators

List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.

[Top to User/Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

Settings


Protocols. Settings..png

Protocols. Settings.


Set protocol parameters.

Species list


Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species.
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts.

An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.


List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

2023-03-26 WBC lists.png

Protocols. Species list.

Species: list of species selected to survey.
Extended species list?: species belonging to an extended species list.
Order: order of appearance.


See Ending the list in NaturaList to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.

2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png

Protocols. Details of Species list.

Species: species selected for details display or editing.
Extended species list?: Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.
See Ending the list to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.
Order: order of appearance.
7. BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete species from the list.


4. Edit

Modify details for the selected species.

2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png

Protocols. Editing species lists.

10. Species: Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
14. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Delete the species from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new species to the list.

2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png

Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.

10. Species: Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
15. ADD: Add the list species to the list.


NOTE:
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow.
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.



Parameters describing the protocol

List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.

Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

Waterbird census. Settings.png

Protocol parameters. Settings.


1. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

2. Active?

Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.

3. Mandatory?

Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.

4. Order

Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol.

5. Details

See details associated to the selected parameter.

2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png

Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit. See corresponding subsection below.


6. Edit

Modify settings for the selected parameter.

2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png

Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.

8. Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.
9. Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.
10. Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol.
BACK: Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.
MODIFY: Save changes to the parameter.


7. Parameters

Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.

Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order.

#
Parameters
Parameter name Description Protocol
Acoustic number To indicate the acoustic number. Acoustic data
Acoustic number detail To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to. Acoustic data
Activity of the individual To indicate the activity of the individual. Acoustic data
Additional observer(s) To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Appearance of udders To indicate the appearance of udders. Biometric data
Calcar To enter information about the calcar. Biometric data
Capture method To indicate how the animal was caught. Biometric data
Census not done STOC EPS
Chin pad (Plecotus) To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Cloud cover To indicate if there are clouds. Various:
SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Cm3 (mm) To indicate the length of cm3. Biometric data
Color of oral glands To indicate the colour of oral glands. Biometric data
Comment To leave a comment. All
Conditions in general To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Conditions (notes) To leave a note regarding conditions. Various:
Woodpeckers, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Count method To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown. Waterbird census
Count number To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to. Various:
Count paid To indicate if the count is paid for or not. Waterbird census
Count type To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Counting mammals? To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted. SOCC
Coverage To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey
Coverage (notes) To add any comment about coverage. Various:
Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey
Determination methods To indicate the determination method used. Acoustic data
Drone used? To indicate if drones were used during the survey. Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater, SNSP, Birds of prey
Ear To enter information about the ear. Biometric data
Ear width (mm) To indicate the width of the ear. Biometric data
Foot To enter information about the foot. Biometric data
Foot hair (Plecotus) To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot. Biometric data
Forearm (mm) To indicate the length of the forearm. Biometric data
Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus) To merge the information from wing cells. Biometric data
Habitat ETOC EPS
Hair color To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Hide all records from the public To check if the user wants to keep their observations private. All
Ice To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Waterbird census
Important changes (since last count?) To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Intact nests Number of intact nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Means of transport STOC EPS
Moving/Harvest To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown. Corncrake, Meadow birds
Nasal leaf length To indicate the length of the nasal leaf. Biometric data
Nest location To select the location of the nest. Jackdaw
Net / harp-trap detail To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps. Biometric data
Neutralised time SOCC
No species were seen To check if the user did not detect any of the study species. Waterbird census
Number of canoes/kayaks To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of motor boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of nests occupied by other species Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Number of persons on shore To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of rowing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sailing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sports divers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of stand up paddlers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of surfers To enter number. Waterbird census
Occupied nests Number of occupied nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Jackdaw, Bee eater
Optical equipment To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Grey Partridge, Bee eater
Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. Biometric data
Playback To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey. Woodpeckers
Potential breeding pairs To enter the number of breeding pairs.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Jackdaw
Rain To indicate if there are any rain. Various
SOCC, STOC EPS
Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Size of the epididymis To indicate the size of the epididymis. Biometric data
Size of oral glands. To indicate the size of the oral glands. Biometric data
Social vocalisation type To indicate the type of vocalisation. Acoustic data
Snow/Snow coverage To indicate the proportion of snow cover. Various:
Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Sound played The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species. Grey Partridge
Suspected nests Number of suspected nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Tail To enter information about the tail. Biometric data
Temperature To indicate approximate temperature. SOCC
Temporary shallow water bodies To indicate the frequency of water bodies. Corncrake, Meadow birds
Testicles size To indicate the size of the testicles. Biometric data
Thumb To enter information about the thumb. Biometric data
Tibia To enter information about the tibia. Biometric data
Tragus To enter information about the tragus.Biometric data
Tragus widht (mm) To indicate the width of the tragus. Biometric data
Vaginal tunic color To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic. Biometric data
Visibility To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description. Various:
SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Water level To indicate the water level. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Waves to indicate how the waves are. Waterbird census
Weight (g) To indicate the weight of the animal. Biometric data
Wind To indicate if there is any wind. Various:
SOCC, STOC EPS
1P3D To enter information about 1P3D. Biometric data
1P4D To enter information about 1P4D. Biometric data
1P5D To enter information about 1P5D. Biometric data
2nd finger To enter information about the second finger. Biometric data
2nd metacarpus To enter information about the second metacarpus. Biometric data
2P3D To enter information about 2P3D. Biometric data
2P4D To enter information about 2P4D. Biometric data
2P5D To enter information about 2P5D. Biometric data
3rd finger To enter information about the third finger. Biometric data
3rd metacarpus To enter information about the third metacarpus. Biometric data
4th finger To enter information about the fourth finger. Biometric data
4th metacarpus To enter information about the fourth metacarpus. Biometric data
5th finger To enter information about the fifth finger. Biometric data
5th metacarpus To enter information about the fifth metacarpus. Biometric data



Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked:

Comments

An optional comments field will appear in the Choosing date section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol:

  • Comment: a comment referring to a general observation,
  • Additional observer: to name other observer/s participating in the census,
  • Important changes: to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,
  • Impacts: to record any impact taking place during the survey,
  • Incidents: to report any incident that may have happened during the count.


Comment example.png

Protocols. Example of Comment section.



Hide all records from the public

The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above).

Record the trace

This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track.

Parameters Record the trace.png

Protocols. Record the trace.



Point number

Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data.

Parameters


Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :


When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > Free area tool for details.

2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png

Protocols. Free area tool.


1. Details

See details of the free area tool.

2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png

Protocols. Free area tool details.

BACK: Go back to previous screen.
EDIT: Modify details. See subsection Edit below.


2. Edit

Edit details of the free area tool.

2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png

Protocols. Editing free area tool.


Change status if necessary and click:

  • BACK to go to previous screen without saving changes, or
  • MODIFY to save changes.


When the Free area tool is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the Free area tool as a user:


Files for playback


Files for playback.png

Protocols. Files for playback.

ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
File name: Name of the file that contains the sound.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species and the file name containing its playback.

Playback details.png

Protocols. Playback details.

1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
2. File name: Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete entry from the list.



4. Edit

Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.

Playback edit.png

Protocols. Editing playback details.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a different file for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete the entry from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new playback file to the list.

Playback new.png

Protocols. Adding a new playback file.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a playback file to upload for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Save entry to the list.



Shortcuts group


List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol.

Shortcuts group.png

Protocols. Shortcuts groups.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click SEARCH.
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected group.

Shortcuts group details.png

Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: Modify details. Go to next section Edit.
5. DELETE: Delete the selected group.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Shortcuts group edit.png

Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Confirm delete.png

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new shortcut group.

New shortcuts group.png

Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
8. ADD: Save the nae group.



Shortcuts


List of species for which a shortcut exists.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png

Protocols. Shortcuts.

Species: Name of species.
Shortcuts group: Name of the shortcuts group.
Color code: Colour associated to this species. User may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
Order: Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected speies.

Shortcut detail.png

Protocols. Shortcuts details.

7. Species: Species name.
8. Shortcuts group: Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to.
9. Colour code: Colour assigned to the selected species.
10. Order: Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit details. See section Edit below.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Shortcuts details.png

Protocols. Editing shortcuts.

7. Species: Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Confirm delete.png

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new species shortcut.

Shortcuts new.png

Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.

7. Species: Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Add the new species to the list..

Import a shapefile


Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports.

1. Select shapefile by clicking on Choose file and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload.
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu.
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile.

Import shapefile.png

Protocols. Import a shapefile.

1. Select shapefile
2. Select encodinng and SRID
3. Upload file
4. Import history


4. Import history
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below.

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Import a shapefile


Protocols. Import shapefile.png

Protocols. Import shapefile.


Direct link to All my protocols > "Name of protocol" > Import a shapefile.

[Top to Import a shapefile]
[Back to Protocols]

Check data


Protocols. Check data..png

Protocols. Check data.


Visualise a summary of survey data.

2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png

Protocols. Check data.


1. Graphs

Scroll down to see all graphs:

Number of censuses: number of censuses per year from last years to present.
Census duration: total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present.
Average census time: average number of minutes per survey.


2. Site / Observer

Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results.

2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png

Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.


Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a list of species recorded on a new window.

The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.

White: = 0 specie

Red : =1 specie

Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.

Green: = or >20 species

3. Period / Site

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer as an example of results.

4. Sites without data

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the e-mail cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check check all on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites.

2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png

Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.


A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click SEND THE REQUESTS to send the message.

2023-03-30 WBC emails.png

Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.

5. Type message to personalise email.
6. Message recipients.


[Top to Check data]
[Back to Protocols]

Report


Protocols. Report..png

Protocols. Report.


Visualise pooled results from surveys.

2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png

Protocols. Filtering results.


1. Filter dates

Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.

2. Temporal aggregation

Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Day: Shows results per day. This is the default option.
Pentad: Shows results in groups of five days.
Week: Shows results per week.
Decade: Shows results in groups of ten days.
Month: Shows results per month.
Year: Shows results per year.


3. Spatial aggregation

Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Country: Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered; if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.
Canton: Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.
Municipality: Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.
Supersite: A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created.
Place: A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
Locality: A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.


4. Visualisation
SHOW: See results on screen, or
EXPORT: Download results on an excel file.


2023-04-03 WBC report results.png

Protocols. Report results.

2. Temporal aggregation: Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results.
3. Study site name: Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results.
5. List of species: List of species registered at each site.


[Top to Report]
[Back to Protocols]

Map


Protocols. Map..png

Protocols. Map.



Map and statistics for the site.
Administrators have more functions than registered users (see user's Quick links), and can see all data in the site from all users.

For more information visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Map.

[Top to Map]
[Back to Protocols]